Samsung SDC16809/YL دليل المستخدم

SDC16809
SDC16709
SDC14709
Condensing Dryer
user manual
This manual is made with 100% recycled paper.
imagine the possibilities
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
DC68-02885Q-03
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd 1
2014-08-22
5:06:06
contents
SAFETY INFORMATION
4
4
4
What you need to know about Safety
Instructions
Important safety symbols and precautions
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
17
18
Tools needed for installation
See Dryer Exterior
Check before installing
Before using the product
Important to installer
Location considerations
Alcove or closet installation
Electrical requirements
Grounding
Installation side by side
Final installation checklist
Draining water without using the water tank
Connecting the drain hose
Installation stacking
Door Reversal(SDC16809,SDC16709 Only)
20
22
22
23
23
24
24
Overview of the control panel
Child lock
Sound off
My cycle
Delay End
Load the dryer properly
Getting started
25
25
25
25
25
25
Clean the filter case
Clean the condenser
Control Panel
Tumbler
Stainless Steel Tumbler
Dryer Exterior
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
11
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, TIPS
20
CARE AND CLEANING
25
26 Dumping condensed water(
)
26 Cleaning the filter case(
)
27 Cleaning the condenser assembly
English - 2
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec2:2
2014-08-22
5:06:15
SPECIAL LAUNDRY TIPS
28 Special laundry tips
28
TROUBLESHOOTING
29
APPENDIX
32
29 Check these points if your dryer…
31 Information codes
32
33
33
33
34
35
Fabric care chart
Protecting the environment
Declaration of conformity
Specifications
Cycle chart
Consumption data
English - 3
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec2:3
2014-08-22
5:06:15
safety information
Congratulations on your new Samsung Dryer. This manual contains important
information on the installation, use, and care of your appliance. Please take the
time to read this manual to take full advantage of your dryer’s many benefits and
features.
WARNING - Risk of Fire
•
•
•
Clothes dryer installation must be performed by a qualified technician.
Install the clothes dryer according to the manufacturer’s instructions and local codes.
To reduce the risk of severe injury or death, follow all installation instructions.
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Warnings and Important Safety Instructions in this manual do not cover all possible conditions and
situations that may occur. It is your responsibility to use common sense, caution, and care when installing,
maintaining, or operating your dryer.
Always contact your manufacturer about problems or conditions you do not understand.
IMPORTANT SAFETY SYMBOLS AND PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in severe personal injury or
death.
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in minor personal injury or
property damage.
To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, electric shock, or personal injury when
using your washer, follow these basic safety precautions:
Do NOT attempt.
Do NOT disassemble.
Do NOT touch.
Follow directions explicity.
Unplug the power plug from the wall socket.
Make sure the machine is grounded to prevent electric shock.
Call the service center for help.
Note
Read operator’s manual
English - 4
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:4
2014-08-22
5:06:15
WARNING
This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or
mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or
instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
WARNING
Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of the drying cycle unless all items are quickly removed and
spread out so that the heat is dissipated.
Do not let children (or pets) play in or on your product.
The product door does not open easily from the inside
and children may be seriously injured if trapped inside.
This appliance is not to be used by persons (including
children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental
capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge,
unless they have been given supervision or instruction
concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible
for their safety.
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not
play with the appliance.
For use in Europe: This appliance can be used by
children aged from 8 years and above and persons with
reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or lack
of experience and knowledge if they have been given
supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance
in a safe way and understand the hazards involved.
Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and
user maintenance shall not be made by children without
supervision.
If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by
the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified
persons in order to avoid a hazard.
English - 5
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:5
2014-08-22
5:06:15
SAFETY INFORMATION
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
safety information
This appliance should be positioned so that the power
plug, the water supply taps, and the drain pipes are
accessible.
For appliances with ventilation openings in the base, that
a carpet must not obstruct the openings.
The new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be
used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.
CAUTION: In order to avoid a hazard due to inadvertent
resetting of the thermal cut-out, this appliance must
not be supplied through an external switching device,
such as a timer, or connected to a circuit that is regularly
switched on and off by the utility.
The tumble dryer is not to be used if industrial chemicals
have been used for cleaning.
The lint trap has to be cleaned frequently, if applicable.
Lint must not to be allowed to accumulate around the
tumble dryer.
(not applicable for appliances intended to be vented to
the exterior of the building)
Adequate ventilation has to be provided to avoid the back
flow of gases into the room from appliances burning other
fuels, including open fires.
Do not dry unwashed items in the tumble dryer.
Items that have been soiled with substances such
as cooking oil, acetone, alcohol, petrol, kerosene,
spot removers, turpentine, waxes and wax removers
should be washed in hot water with an extra amount of
detergent before being dried in the tumble dryer.
English - 6
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:6
2014-08-22
5:06:15
English - 7
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:7
2014-08-22
5:06:15
SAFETY INFORMATION
Items such as foam rubber (latex foam), shower caps,
waterproof textiles, rubber backed articles and clothes or
pillows fitted with foam rubber pads should not be dried
in the tumble dryer.
Fabric softeners, or similar products, should be used as
specified by the fabric softener instructions.
The final part of a tumble dryer cycle occurs without
heat (cool down cycle) to ensure that the items are left
at a temperature that ensures that the items will not be
damaged.
Remove all objects from pockets such as lighters and
matches.
WARNING: Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of
the drying cycle unless all items are quickly removed and
spread out so that the heat is dissipated.
Exhaust air must not be discharged into a flue which is
used for exhausting fumes from appliances burning gas
or other fuels.
The appliance must not be installed behind a lockable
door, a sliding door or a door with a hinge on the
opposite side to that of the tumble dryer, in such a way
that a full opening of the tumble dryer door is restricted.
Children of less than 3 years should be kept away unless
continuously supervised.
safety information
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR INSTALLATION
The installation of this appliance must be performed by a qualified technician or service
company.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, problems with the
product, or injury.
Plug the power cord into an AC 230V/60Hz wall socket or higher and use the socket for
this appliance only. In addition, do not use an extension cord.
- Sharing a wall socket with other appliances using a power strip or extending the power
cord may result in electric shock or fire.
- Ensure that the power voltage, frequency and current are the same as those of the
product specifications. Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire. Failure Plug
the power plug into the wall socket firmly.
Remove all foreign substances such as dust or water from the power plug terminals and
contact points using a dry cloth on a regular basis.
- Unplug the power plug and clean it with a dry cloth.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Keep all packaging materials well out of the reach of children, as packaging materials can
be dangerous to children.
- If a child places a bag over its head, it may result in suffocation.
This appliance must be properly grounded.
Do not ground the appliance to a gas pipe, plastic water pipe, or telephone line.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, or problems with the product
- Never plug the power cord into a socket that is not grounded correctly and make sure
that it is in accordance with local and national codes.
Do not install or keep the product exposed to the outdoor elements.
Do not use a damaged power plug, damaged power cord or loose wall socket.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
If the plug (power supply cord) is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its
service agent or a similar qualified technician in order to avoid a hazard.
This appliance should be positioned to be accessible to the power plug after installation.
Do not pull or excessively bend the power cord.
Do not twist or tie the power cord.
Do not hook the power cord over a metal object, place a heavy object on the power cord,
insert the power cord between objects, or push the power cord into the space behind the
appliance.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not pull the power cord, when unplugging the power plug.
- Unplug the power plug by holding the plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
This appliance must be properly grounded. Never plug the power cord into a receptacle
that is not grounded adequately and in accordance with local and national codes. See
installation instructions for grounding this appliance.
English - 8
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:8
2014-08-22
5:06:15
CAUTION
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR USING
SAFETY INFORMATION
Do not let children or pets on or into the product. In addition, when disposing of this
product, disassemble the door lock (lever).
- This may result in children falling and injuring themselves.
- If children become locked in the product, there is a danger of suffocation.
Do not try to access the inside of the product when the drum is rotating.
Do not sit on the product or lean against the door.
- This may result in the product turning over and resulting in injury.
Dry the laundry only after it was spun by an appropriate washing machine.
Do not dry unwashed items in the tumble dryer.
Do not drink the condensed water.
Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of the drying cycle unless all items are quickly
removed and spread out so that the heat is dissipated.
Do not dry laundry contaminated by inflammable materials such as gasoline, kerosene,
benzene, thinner, alcohol, etc.
- This may result in electric shock, fire or explosion.
Do not let pets chew or play with the dryer.
- This may result in electric shock or injury.
When disposing of the product, separate the door and the power cord before disposing of
the product.
- Failing to do so may result in damage to the power code or an injury.
Do not touch the power plug with wet hands.
- This may result in electric shock.
Do not repair, replace, or attempt to service any part of the appliance unless specifically
recommended in the user-repair instructions. You must also have the skills necessary to
service this appliance.
Do not attempt to repair, disassemble, or modify the appliance yourself.
- Do not use any fuse(such as cooper, steel wire, etc.) other than the standard fuse.
- When repairing or reinstalling the appliance is required, contact your nearest service
center.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
The product you have purchased is designed for domestic use only.
The use for business purposes qualifies as product misuse. In this case, the product will not
be covered by the standard warranty provided by Samsung and no responsibility can be
attributed to Samsung for malfunctions or damages resulting from such misuse.
English - 9
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:9
2014-08-22
5:06:15
safety information
CAUTION
CAUTION SIGNS FOR USING
Do not stand on top of the appliance or place objects (such as laundry, lighted candles,
lighted cigarettes, dishes, chemicals, metal objects, etc.) on the appliance.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
Do not touch the glass door and inside of the drum during or just after drying as it is hot.
- This may result in burns.
Do not press the buttons using sharp objects such as pins, knifes, fingernails, etc.
- This may result in electric shock or injury.
Do not use dry cleaning detergent directly and do not wash, rinse, or spin laundry
contaminated by dry cleaning detergent.
- This may result in spontaneous combustion or ignition due to the heat of the oxidation of
the oil.
Do not dry laundry containing forming rubber (latex) or similar rubber textures.
- If forming rubber is heated, it may start a fire.
Do not dry laundry contaminated by vegetable oil or cooking oil as a large amount of the oil
will not be removed when washing the laundry. In addition, use the Cool Down cycle so that
the laundry is not heated.
- The oxidization heat of the oil may start a fire.
Make sure that the pockets of all clothing to be washed are empty.
- Hard, sharp objects, such as coins, safety pins, nails, screws, or stones can cause
extensive damage to the appliance.
Do not wash clothing with large buckles, buttons, or other heavy metal.
Do not use softener or a static electricity remover unless recommended by the
manufacturer.
- This may result in damage to the laundry.
Do not use the dryer near dangerous powders such as coal dust, wheat flour, etc.
- This may result in electric shock, fire or an explosion.
Do not place inflammable materials near the product.
- This may result in toxic gases from the product, damage to parts, electric shock, fire or
an explosion.
- The appliance should not be placed behind lockable doors etc.
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR CLEANING
Do not clean the appliance by spraying water directly onto it.
Do not use benzene, thinner or alcohol to clean the appliance.
- This may result in discolouration, deformation, damage, electric shock or fire.
Before cleaning or performing maintenance, unplug the appliance from the wall socket.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Clean the filter case before and after using the dryer.
Clean the inside of the product on a regular basis by asking an authorized service engineer.
Clean the condenser with water once a month.
The interior of the dryer should be cleaned periodically by qualified service personnel.
English - 10
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec1:10
2014-08-22
5:06:15
installing your dryer
TOOLS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
Hire a professional to install this dryer properly. If there is a service call performed as a result of poor setup,
adjustment, and connection, it is considered the responsibility of the installer. If you install the dryer you are
responsible.
Make sure you have everything necessary for proper installation (AC 230V/60Hz).
1. A GROUNDED ELECTRICAL OUTLET is required. See Electrical Requirements (See page 13).
2. CONDENSING SYSTEM - Condenses, processes and circulates hot and humid air internally using an
internal heat condenser.
SEE DRYER EXTERIOR
Plug
Work top
Control panel
Water tank
Door
Filter case
Condenser
Leveling feet
Parts
Hose guide
Cable tie
Hose connector
Long drain hose(2m)
Manual book
English - 11
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:11
2014-08-22
5:06:15
installing your dryer
CHECK BEFORE INSTALLING
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Do not plug the power cord into the wall outlet before completing the dryer installation.
Check the appearance of the product for any damaged parts before starting the product installation.
If there are any parts that appear to be damaged, please contact your nearest Samsung Customer
Service Center.
When moving the product, do not move the product by yourself.
Take care of the edges of the dryer as they can be sharp.
Do not install the dryer in a location exposed to frost. Cold water may damage the product.
Use the product indoors only.
Do not place the dryer on one side when lifting it, and do not move the dryer in such a way that the
internal parts shake. This may result in damage to the internal parts of the product.
BEFORE USING THE PRODUCT
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check if there are any accessories remaining inside the drum.
Plug in the power cord just before operating the product.
Do not block the air inlet hole of the cooling grill at the front of the dryer.
Do not place inflammable objects near the dryer and keep the surroundings clean.
Keep the dryer level with the ground.
Do not remove the adjustable leveling feet of the dryer. They are necessary to keep the product level
with the ground.
IMPORTANT TO INSTALLER
Please read the following instructions carefully before installing the dryer. These instructions should be kept
for future reference.
WARNING
REMOVE THE DOOR FROM ALL DISCARDED APPLIANCES TO AVOID THE DANGER OF A CHILD
SUFFOCATING.
LOCATION CONSIDERATIONS
Because a condensing type has been adopted, which condenses and processes air inside the dryer,
external ventilation is not required.
Therefore, The dryer can be installed and used in any location where the temperature is between 5
and 35 degrees centigrade, unlike a conventional dryer that requires an external exhaust system.
ALCOVE OR CLOSET INSTALLATION
To operate safely and properly, your new Dryer requires minimum clearances of:
Sides – 25 mm
Rear – 51 mm
Top – 25 mm
Front – 465 mm
If both the dryer and a dryer are installed together, the front of the alcove or closet must have at least 465
mm unobstructed air opening.
English - 12
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:12
2014-08-22
5:06:15
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Electrical Requirements is AC 230V/60Hz.
•
•
Improper connection of the equipment grounding conductor can result in a risk of electric shock.
Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are in doubt as to whether your dryer is
properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with your dryer – if it doesn’t fit the outlet,
have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician.
To prevent unnecessary risk of fire, electrical shock, or personal injury, all wiring and grounding
must be done in accordance with local codes, or in the absence of local codes, It is your
responsibility to provide adequate electrical services for your dryer.
GROUNDING
Your dryer must be grounded. If your dryer malfunctions or breaks down, grounding will reduce the risk of
electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for the electric current.
Your dryer comes with a power cord having a three-prong grounding plug for use in a properly installed and
grounded outlet.
Never connect the ground wire to plastic plumbing lines, gas lines, or hot water pipes.
Improperly connecting the equipment-grounding conductor can result electrical shock.
Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are unsure if the dryer is properly grounded. Do
not modify the plug provided with the dryer. If it does not fit the outlet, have a proper outlet installed by a
qualified electrician.
WARNING
If the product is not grounded, there is a danger of fire or electric shock.
English - 13
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:13
2014-08-22
5:06:15
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
WARNING
installing your dryer
INSTALLATION SIDE BY SIDE
For proper installation, we recommend that you hire a professional. To install:
1. Move your dryer to an appropriate location for installation. Consider
installing the dryer and washer side-by-side. Lay two of the carton
cushion-tops on the floor. Tip your dryer on its side so it will lay across
both cushion-tops.
2. Set your dryer back in an upright position.
3. To ensure that the dryer provides optimal drying performance, it must
be level. To minimize vibration, noise, and unwanted movement,the
floor must be a perfectly level, solid surface.
Level
To set the dryer to the same height as the washer, fully retract the
leveling feet by turning them counterclockwise, then loosen the legs
by turning them clockwise
Leveling feet
Retract fully
Then loosen
Adjust the leveling feet only as much as necessary to level the dryer.Extending the leveling feet more
than necessary can cause the dryer to vibrate.
4. Review Electrical Requirements section (See page 13).
BEFORE OPERATING OR TESTING.
5. With a level, check your dryer and make necessary adjustments to the leveling legs.
6. Plug in your dryer, and check operation by using the checklist below.
FINAL INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
 Dryer is plugged into electrical outlet and is properly grounded.
 Dryer is leveled and is sitting firmly on the floor.
 Start your dryer to confirm that it runs, heats, and shuts off.
English - 14
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:14
2014-08-22
5:06:15
DRAINING WATER WITHOUT USING THE WATER TANK
You can use the dryer without using the water tank by following the procedures below.
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
CONNECTING THE DRAIN HOSE
The Dryer can pump the condensed water outside of the DRYER directly
with dain hose provide.
The procedures to connect the drain hose are as follows.
1. Disconnect the drain hose
A
.
A
2. Connect the drain hose
A
to the other hole.
A
3. Connect accessory hose(long drain hose)
B
to the hole
next to the hole that is connected to drain hose
•
CAUTION
•
A
B
.
When connecting hose B , take care that the height of
the hose does not exceed 90cm.
After connecting the drain hose, you can directly drain
the condensed water via the drain-outlet through the
connected drain hose or through the washstand or the
drain-outlet of the washstand.
English - 15
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:15
2014-08-22
5:06:15
installing your dryer
Connecting the drain hose
The end of the drain hose can be positioned in three ways:
1. Over the edge of a wash basin: The drain hose must be placed lower than 90cm. If the end
of the drain hose needs to be placed above the ground, we recommend a height of 60cm ~
90cm. To keep the drain hose spout bent, use the supplied plastic hose guide. Secure the
guide to the wall with a hook or to the tap with a piece of string to prevent the drain hose
from moving.
90 cm
Drain hose
Hose guide
Cable Tie
2. Assemble the drain hose and the hose guide and fix them with the cable-tie.
3. You can drain the condensed water by connecting the accessory hose (long drain hose) to
the drain-outlet directly.
Connecting the direct-hose
You can immediately drain the condensed water that comes out while drying, by connecting the
drain hose to the tap.
1. Assemble the hose connector and the hose.
CAUTION
Since there is a danger of water leaking from the hose
connecter and accessory hose, make sure that they are
connected firmly.
Hose Connecter
2. Connect the end of the hose to the tap.
English - 16
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:16
2014-08-22
5:06:16
INSTALLATION STACKING
In case of purchasing the additional stacking kit, contact our Samsung service center or local
distributers. [Part no. SK-DH / SK-DA]
1. Carefully lay the dryer on its side. Use the packing material
so you don’t scratch the finish on the dryer.
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
2. Install rubber pads to dryer base.
• Locate the 4 rubber pads in the parts package. Insert
the rubber pads into the holes at the bottom of the
leveling legs.
• Purchase the stacking-kit package additionally.
3. Set the dryer upright.
The stacking kit can only be installed for Samsung family products.
CAUTION
4. Install bracket to dryer.
• Remove washer top cap screw from the rearleft.
Align left bracket holes with top cap screw hole on
rear left of the unit and replace screw.
Leave screw loose so dryer hole alignment will be easier.
• Repeat the above step with the right side.
Bracket-Stacking
5. Install dryer and bracket on washer
• Lift the dryer on top of the washer. Protect the washer
control panel with cardboard or other protection. Be sure to
WARNING
Screw
lift the dryer high enough to clear the washer control panel.
Personal Injury. More than two people are
recommended to lift the dryer into position because
of its weight and size. Failure to do so could result in
injury.
• Align the holes in the bracket with the holes in the back of the dryer.Using a Phillips
screwdriver, attach the M4x12 tapping screws.
• Tighten the washer bracket screws ; then tighten all stacking kit screws.
6. Finalise the installation
Dryer
• Refer to the washer Installation Instructions to
complete
the
washer
installation.
WARNING
• Refer to the dryer Installation Instructions to complete
the dryer installation.
Washer
• Carefully slide or walk the stacked washer and dryer
into place. Use felt pads or other sliding device to
assist moving and to protect flooring.
Do not push on the dryer once installed to top of the washer. Pushing on the dryer may
result in pinched fingers.
English - 17
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:17
2014-08-22
5:06:16
installing your dryer
DOOR REVERSAL(SDC16809,SDC16709 ONLY)
Depending on your requirements (installation location, space constraints), you can change the direction the
door opens.
This is done according to the customer’s needs. The qualified technician or customer can do this
WARNING
themselves directly.
1. Unplug the power cord.
2. Remove the two screws from the door-hinge.
3. Lift the door to separate it.
Frame-Front
Assy-Door
Hinge-Door
4. Remove the 16 screws.
5. After removing the screw, rotate the holder-glass, the door-glass, and the
cover-door (I) by 180˚ as shown in the figure.
• Since the holder-glass, the door-glass, and the cover-door (I) are not
completely fixed, rotate them holding the lower part so that they are
CAUTION
not separated.
• Work carefully so that the door-seal is not removed.
Door-Glass
Holder-Glass
Seal-Door
Cover-Door(I)
6. After rotating them by 180˚, hold them in the position as shown by
the figure.
7. Assemble the glass-holder in the correct direction. (After the
disassembly, assemble it by rotating it by 180˚.)
English - 18
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:18
2014-08-22
5:06:16
8. Fasten the 16 screws in the correct positions.
9. Note that two of the screws have a different length from the others.
(Use the longer screws for the door-lever.)
INSTALLING YOUR DRYER
10. Move the position of the screw at the back of the door-hinge.
11. Fasten the screw in the bottom hole.
12. Remove the two screws holding the front-frame at the left.
13. Remove the two screws holding the holder-lever at the left.
Holer-Lever
14. Now, move to the right side of the product and fasten the two screws
holding the front-frame and the two screws holding the lever-holder.
15. Align the door with the fixing holes.
16. Fasten the two screws holding the door-hinge.
Inside the drum
You can restore the direction the door opens by following the procedures above, if necessary.
English - 19
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec3:19
2014-08-22
5:06:16
operating Instructions, tips
OVERVIEW OF THE CONTROL PANEL
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Digital Graphic
Display
Displays the remaining drying cycle time, all cycle information, and error
messages.
Cycle Selector
To select a cycle, rotate the Cycle Selector dial to the desired cycle.
[Cottons] Cupboard Dry  ExtraDry  [Synthetics] ExtraDry  Cupboard Dry
 Iron Dry  [Manual] Quick Dry  Time Dry  Cool Air  [Special] Sports
Wear  Freshen Up  Ultra Delicate  [Cotton] Iron Dry  Cupboard Dry
Cotton - For averagely or lightly soiled cottons, bed linen, table linen,
underwear, towels, shirts, etc.
• Extra Dry - Use for heavy-duty fabrics or items that should be very dry,
such as jeans and towels.
• Cupboard Dry - Use this cycle to dry loads such as cotton, underwear,
and linen (NOT appropriate for jeans).
• Iron Dry - Finishes the dry cycle in a moist state appropriate for
Ironing.
Synthetics - For averagely or lightly soiled blouses, shirts, etc., made of
polyester (diolen, trevira), polyamide (perlon, nylon) or other similar blends.
• Extra Dry - Use for heavy-duty fabrics or items that should be very dry,
such as jeans and towels.
• Cupboard Dry - Use this cycle to dry loads such as shirts, blouses,
bed linen and table linen. (NOT appropriate for jeans).
• Iron Dry - Finishes the dry cycle in a moist state appropriate for Ironing.
Manual - For the individually different desire of drying type and times.
• Quick Dry - Provides a 29 minutes drying time and high temperature
level is automatically selected.
• Time Dry - Time Dry allows you to select the desired cycle time and
simultaneously it is possible to select the temperature level.
Turn the cycle selector dial to Time Dry, then press Time Button to set the
drying time. Press the Time button repeatedly to scroll through the time
settings.The drying time increase in every 10 minutes up to 60 minutes.
• Cool Air - For all fabrics to need freshing tumbles without heating.
English - 20
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec5:20
2014-08-22
5:06:16
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, TIPS
Special - Course for your sensible Clothes.
• Ultra Delicate - The Delicates cycle is designed For lingeries at a low
drying temperature.
• Freshen Up - With this cycle the odors can be removed and especially
this cycle freshens garments.
• Sports Wear - Use for water-proofed or proofed garments to keep
their good looks and fresh feel (except Gore-Tax).
For better drying results, turn the laundry inside out before drying it.
Overloading the dryer may not yield the same results. For the Max Load
of each drying course, refer to the Cycle Chart in the appendix.
3
My Cycle
Selection Button
Choose your favorite cycle including cycle, temp, Drying level option, etc. (See
page 23 for detail.)
4
Delay End
Selection Button
Press this button repeatedly to cycle through the available Delay End options
(from 4 hours to 19 hours in one hour increments).
The hour displayed indicates the time when the dry cycle will be finished.
5
Temp Selection
Button
Press this button repeatedly to cycle through the available temperature level
for the drying. (three temperature levels are available : high, medium, low)
6
Time Selection
Button
When using Manual Dry cycles, time can be adjusted by pressing the Time
Selection button.
20min30min40min50min60min
During the Sensory Dry cycle, the time indicator of manual is off because
exact drying times are determined by fluctuating humidity levels.
Sound off button
When the cycle is complete, a chime will sound.
When the Wrinkle Prevent option is selected, the chime will sound intermittently.
Adjust the volume of the chime or turn it off by pressing the Signal button.
Press the button repeatedly to scroll through the choices.
8
Wrinkle Prevent
Selection Button
Wrinkle Prevent provides approximately 60 minutes of intermittent tumbling
in unheated air at the end of the cycle to reduce wrinkling. Press the Wrinkle
Prevent button to activate this feature.
The indicator light above the pad will illuminate when Wrinkle Prevent is
selected. Dried laundry is prevented from becoming wrinkled by periodic
drum rotations after the completion of the drying course. (Even after “End” is
displayed, the drum rotates intermittently.)
9
Start/Pause
selection button
Press to start a dry cycle. If the dryer is running, press it once and it will pause
the dryer. Press it again to restart the dry cycle.
10
Power button
Press once to turn your dryer on, press again to turn it off. If your dryer is left
on for more than 10 minutes without any buttons being touched, the power
automatically turns off.
7
English - 21
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec5:21
2014-08-22
5:06:17
operating Instructions, tips
CHILD LOCK
A function to prevent children from playing with your dryer.
Activating/Deactivatin
If you want to activating/deactivatin the Child Lock, press both the Temp. and Time buttons
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
The “Child Lock ” will be lit when this feature is activated.
• When the power is turned on, the Child Lock function is
available.
• Once you set the Child Lock function, no button,
except for the Power button, will respond until you
release the Child Lock function.
• If the dryer is powered on again, the Child Lock
function stays on.
• When other buttons, except for the Power button, do
not respond, check the Child Lock indicator to see if
the function is on.
3 SEC.
SOUND OFF
The Sound off function can be selected during all courses. When this function is selected, sound is
turned off for all courses. Even if the power is turned on and off repeatedly, the setting is retained.
Activating/Deactivatin
If you want to activate or deactivate the Sound Off function, press the Sound Off button. The
“Sound Off ” and the lamp on the Sound Off button will be lit when this feature is activated.
English - 22
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec5:22
2014-08-22
5:06:17
MY CYCLE
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, TIPS
Lets you activate your customised cycle that includes Dryness, drying temperature and time option.
By pushing the My Cycle button, you activate the settings used during the previous My Cycle mode.
(Default : Normal Cycle)
If My Cycle mode is activated, the My Cycle indicator will be lit.
You can select all options in My Cycle mode as follows.
1. Select cycle using the Cycle Selector dial.
2. After cycle selection, set each option.
Each cycle has certain default options that are automatically set.
To see these default options, go to page 32.
3. Then, you can start My Cycle by pushing the Start/Pause button in My Cycle mode. The cycle and
options you select will be displayed the next time you choose My Cycle.
You can change the My Cycle settings by repeating the same process above.
The last used setting will be displayed the next time you choose My Cycle.
DELAY END
You can set the dryer to finish your drying cycle automatically at a later time, choosing a delay of between 4
to 19 hours (in 1 hour increments). The hour displayed indicates the time at which the dry will be finished.
1. Manually or automatically set your drying machine according to the type of laundry you are drying.
2. Press the Delay End button repeatedly until the required delay time is set. If the delay time is set, the
“Delay End” function becomes ON state.
3. Press the Start/Pause button. The “Delay End ” indicator will blink and the clock will begin counting
down until it reaches the set time.
4. To cancel a Delay End function, press the Power button and then turn the dryer on again.
English - 23
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec5:23
2014-08-22
5:06:17
operating Instructions, tips
LOAD THE DRYER PROPERLY
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Place only one washload in your dryer at a time.
Mixed loads of heavy and lightweight fabrics will dry differently, which may result in lightweight fabrics
being dry while heavy fabrics remain damp at the end of a drying cycle.
Add one or more similar items to your dryer when only one or two articles of clothing need drying.
This improves the tumbling action and drying efficiency.
Overloading restricts tumbling action, resulting in uneven drying as well as excessive wrinkling of some
fabrics.
Make sure to insert laundry that has been spun by an appropriate washing machine.
No unwashed textiles should be dried
Textiles which have been in contact with oil, alcohol, petrol etc. should not be dried.
GETTING STARTED
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Load your dryer loosely – DO NOT overload.
Close the door.
Select the appropriate cycle and options for the load (see pages 22, 23).
Press the Start/Pause button.
The dryer indicator light will illuminate.
The estimated cycle time will appear in the display.
The time may fluctuate to better indicate drying time remaining in the cycle.
•
•
•
When the cycle is complete and “End” will appear in the display.
Pressing Power cancels the cycle and stops your dryer.
The Drying, Cooling, and Wrinkle Prevent indicator lights will illuminate during those portions of the
cycle.
English - 24
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec5:24
2014-08-22
5:06:17
care and cleaning
CLEAN THE FILTER CASE
•
•
•
After each load.
To shorten drying time.
To operate more energy efficiently.
CARE AND CLEANING
Do not operate your dryer without the filter case in place.
CAUTION
There is a danger of damaging the laundry when drying laundry without the filter case.
CLEAN THE CONDENSER
•
•
Clean once a month
Clean with water
If you do not clean it for a long time, the drying performance may be degraded.
CAUTION
CONTROL PANEL
Clean with a soft, damp clothes. Do not use abrasive substances.
Do not spray cleaners directly on the panel.
The control panel finish may be damaged by some laundry pre-treatment soil and stain remover products.
Apply such products away from your dryer and wipe up any spills or overspray immediately.
TUMBLER
Remove any stains such as crayon, ink, or fabric dye (from new items such as towels or jeans) with an allpurpose cleaner.
Tumble old towels or rags to remove any excess stain or cleaning substance.
Once these steps are followed, stains may still be visible, but should not transfer to subsequent loads.
STAINLESS STEEL TUMBLER
To clean the stainless steel tumbler, use a damp cloth with a mild, non-abrasive cleaner suitable for stainless
steel surfaces.
Remove the cleaner residue and dry with a clean cloth.
DRYER EXTERIOR
The entire dryer has a high-gloss finish. Clean with a soft, damp cloth. Do not use abrasive substances.
Protect the surface from sharp objects as they may scratch or damage the finish.
Do not place any heavy or sharp objects or a detergent box on the dryer. Keep them on the purchased
pedestal or in a separate storage box.
English - 25
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec8:25
2014-08-22
5:06:17
care and cleaning
DUMPING CONDENSED WATER(
)
Water-Tank
1. Pull the water-tank forwards to separate it.
CAUTION
When removing the Water tank from the product, hold it
using both hands as it is heavy and take care not to spill
any water inside the tank.
2. Remove the condensed water inside the water-tank.
• Remove the condensed water in the tank after every
drying operation.
WARNING
Drain hole
Since there is a danger of water leaking if you do not drain
the water after using the product, make sure to drain the
water.
If you empty the water tank and press the Start button, the Water Tank Full (
panel is turned off.
CLEANING THE FILTER CASE(
) in the LED
)
1. Open the door and remove the filter by pulling it upwards.
Filter case
2. Open and clean the filter case.
• Clean the filter case after the drying operation is
completed.
CAUTION
• Since the drying performance may be degraded and there is a danger of fire if you do
not clean the filter case after the specified period of use, clean the filter case at the
specified cleaning interval.
• Since the drying performance may be degraded and there is a danger of fire if you use a
damaged or broken filter case, replace the filter case in this case.
• Clean the filter case after every drying operation.
• If the surface of the filter is wet, use the filter after drying it completely.
• If you clean the filter case and press the Start button, the Filter ( ) in the LED panel is
turned off.
English - 26
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec8:26
2014-08-22
5:06:17
CLEANING THE CONDENSER ASSEMBLY
1. Open the condenser compartment cover.
CARE AND CLEANING
2. Unlock the fixer condenser.
Fixer Condenser
3. Remove the condenser.
4. Clean the condenser completely under the tap letting water
to flow through.
CAUTION
• Since the drying performance may be degraded if you do not clean the condenser after
a specified period of use, clean the condenser at the specified cleaning interval.
• Clean it once a month.
• When assembling the condenser after cleaning it, make sure to that the fixer condenser
is set to the lock position.
English - 27
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec8:27
2014-08-22
5:06:18
special laundry tips
SPECIAL LAUNDRY TIPS
Please follow the care label or manufacturer’s instructions for drying special items. If care label instructions
are not available, use the following information as a guide.
Bedspreads & Comforters
•
•
•
Blankets
•
•
Follow the care label instructions or dry on the Cotton cupboard and
High temperature.
Make sure the item is thoroughly dry before using or storing.
May require repositioning to ensure even drying.
Use Cotton cupboard and dry only one blanket at a time for best
tumbling action.
Make sure the item is thoroughly dry before using or storing.
Cloth Nappies
•
Use the Cotton cupboard and the High temperature settings for
soft,fluffy diapers.
Down–filled Items (jackets,
sleeping bags, comforters,
etc.)
•
•
Use the Cotton cupboard and the Low or Low temperature setting.
Adding a couple of dry towels shortens drying time and absorbs
moisture.
Foam Rubber (rug backs,
stuffed toys, shoulder pads,
etc.)
•
•
DO NOT dry on a heat setting. Use the Cool Air cycle (no heat).
WARNING – Drying a rubber item with heat may damage it or be a
fire hazard.
Pillows
•
•
Use the Cotton cupboard.
Add a couple of dry towels to help the tumbling action and to fluff the
item.
DO NOT dry kapok or foam pillows in dryer. Use the Cool Air cycle.
•
Plastics (shower curtains,
outdoor furniture covers,
etc.)
•
Use the Cool Air cycle or the Time Dry cycle and the Low or Low
temperature settings depending on the care label instructions.
THINGS TO AVOID :
• Fiberglass items (curtains, draperies, etc.).
• Woolens, unless recommended on the label.
• Vegetable or cooking oil-soaked items.
English - 28
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec6:28
2014-08-22
5:06:18
troubleshooting
CHECK THESE POINTS IF YOUR DRYER…
SOLUTION
Doesn’t run.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Make sure the door is latched shut.
Be sure the power cord is plugged into a live electrical outlet.
Check the home’s circuit breaker and fuses.
Press the Start/Pause button again if the door is opened during the
cycle.
Empty the water in the condensed water tank.
Clean the filter case.
Doesn’t heat.
•
•
•
•
Check the home’s circuit breaker and fuses.
Select a heat setting other than Cool Air.
Check the case filter and condenser and clean them if necessary.
Dryer may have moved into the cool-down phase of the cycle.
Doesn’t dry.
•
•
•
•
Check all of the above, plus...
Do not overload. 1 wash load = 1 dryer load.
Sort heavy items from lightweight items.
Large, bulky items like blankets or comforters may require
repositioning to ensure even drying.
Check that the dryer is draining properly to extract adequate water
from the load.
Load may be too small to tumble properly. Add a few towels.
Clean the filter case.
Clean the Condenser.
Check if the cooling air vent is blocked.
•
•
•
•
•
Is noisy.
•
•
•
Dries unevenly.
•
•
Has an odour.
•
•
Shuts off before load is dry
•
•
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM
Check the load for objects such as coins, loose buttons, nails, etc.
Remove promptly.
Be sure the dryer is leveled properly as outlined in the installation
instruction.
It is normal for the dryer to hum due to the high velocity of air moving
through the dryer drum and fan.
Seams, pockets, and other similarly heavy areas may not be
completely dry when the rest of the load has reached the selected
dryness level. This is normal. Select the Extra Dry setting if desired.
If one heavy item is dried with a lightweight load, such as one towel
with sheets, it is possible that the heavy item will not be completely
dry when the rest of the load has reached the selected dryness level.
Sort heavy items from lightweight items for best drying results.
Household odors from painting, varnishing, strong cleaners, etc.
may enter the dryer with the surrounding room air. This is normal as
the dryer draws the air from the room, heats it, pulls it through the
tumbler, and exhausts it outside.
When these odors linger in the air, ventilate the room completely
before using the dryer.
Dryer load is too small. Add more items or a few towels and restart
the cycle.
Dryer load is too large. Remove some items and restart the dryer.
English - 29
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec4:29
2014-08-22
5:06:18
troubleshooting
PROBLEM
SOLUTION
Lint on clothes
•
•
•
•
Make sure the lint filter is cleaned before every load. With some loads
that produce high amounts of lint, it may be necessary to clean the
filter case during the cycle.
Some fabrics are lint producers (for example, a fuzzy white cotton
towel) and they should be dried separately from clothes that are lint
trappers (for example, a pair of black linen pants)
Divide larger loads into smaller loads for drying
Check pockets thoroughly before drying and drying clothes.
Garments still wrinkled after •
Wrinkle prevent
•
Small loads of 1 to 4 items work best.
Load fewer garments.Load similar-type garments.
Odours remain in clothing
after Refresh.
Fabrics containing strong odors should be washed.
•
English - 30
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec4:30
2014-08-22
5:06:18
INFORMATION CODES
Information codes may be displayed to help you better understand what is occurring with your Dryer.
ERROR DISPLAY
MEANING
SOLUTION
Clogged filter case is restricted.
Clean the filter case or condenser.
If the problem continues call for service.
dE
Running the dryer with door open
Close the door and then restart.
If the problem continues call for service.
tE4
dF
Door is not closing properly
Call for service.
bE
Button stuck for more than 30 secs
Make sure a button is NOT being
pressedcontinuously. Try restarting the cycle.
If the problem continues, call for service.
hE
Clogged filter case is restricted.
Invalid heating Temp when running
the dryer.
Clean the filter case or condenser.
If the problem continues call for service
Et
EEPROM is not communicating
properly
Try restarting the cycle.If the problem
continues call for service.
3E
The motor does not work properly.
Try restarting the cycle.If the problem
continues call for service.
5E
The water tank is full of water.
The drain pump is out of order.
Empty the water tank and start again.
If the problem continues call for service.
TROUBLESHOOTING
tE2
For any codes not listed above, or if the suggested solution doesn’t fix the problem, call your Samsung
Service Centre or local Samsung dealer.
English - 31
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec4:31
2014-08-22
5:06:18
appendix
FABRIC CARE CHART
The following symbols provide garment care direction. The Clothing care labels include symbols for drying,
bleaching, drying and ironing, or dry cleaning when necessary. The use of symbols ensures consistency
among garment manufacturers of domestic and imported items. Follow care label directions to maximize
garment life and reduce laundering problems.
Wash Cycle
Special Instructions
Warning Symbols for
Laundering
Normal
Line Dry/ Hang to Dry
Do Not Wash
Permanent Press /
Wrinkle Resistant /
Wrinkle Control
Drip Dry
Do Not Wring
Gentle/Delicates
Dry Flat
Do Not Bleach
Hand Wash
Heat Setting
Do Not Tumble Dry
High
No Steam (added to
iron)
Hot
Medium
Do Not Iron
Warm
Low
Cold
Any Heat
Dry Clean
No Heat/Air
Do Not Dry Clean
Water Temperature**
Bleach
Any Bleach (when
needed)
Iron-Dry or Steam
Temperatures
Dryclean
Line Dry/ Hang to Dry
Only Non-Chlorine
(color-safe)
Bleach (when needed)
High
Drip Dry
Tumble Dry Cycle
Medium
Dry Flat
Normal
Low
Permanent Press/
Wrinkle Resistant/
Wrinkle Control
Gentle/ Delicates
** The dot symbols represent appropriate wash water temperatures for various items. The temperature
range for Hot is 41° – 52° C, for Warm 29° – 41° C and for Cold 16° – 29° C. (Wash water temperature
must be a minimum of 16° C for detergent activation and effective cleaning.)
English - 32
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec7:32
2014-08-22
5:06:18
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
This appliance complies with European safety standards, EC directive 93/68 and EN Standard 60335.
SPECIFICATIONS
C
D
A
B
TYPE
DIMENSIONS
FRONT LOADING DRYER
A. Height
84.8 cm
B. Width
59.8 cm
C. Depth with door open 90°
108.6 cm
D. Depth
63.4 cm
WEIGHT
43 kg
HEATER RATING
POWER CONSUMPTION
2500 W (1750 W+750 W)
NO HEAT
175 W
HEATING
2700 W
He drum illumination
LED(Different according to model)
To replace the LED illumination please contact our service line.
English - 33
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec7:33
2014-08-22
5:06:18
APPENDIX
This appliance is manufactured from recyclable materials. If you decide to dispose of this appliance, please
observe local waste disposal regulations. Cut off the power cord so that the appliance cannot be connected
to a power source. Remove the door so that animals and small children cannot get trapped inside the
appliance.
appendix
CYCLE CHART
( user option)
Max
load(kg)
(Dry
Laundry)
Cycle
Extra Dry
Cotton
Synthetics
Cupboard
Dry
*7/*8
Temp.
Time
Delay
End
My Cycle
Wrinkle
Prevent
Sound
Off
Cooling
Time
(min)
High
134




5
High
119




5
Iron Dry
High
99




5
Extra Dry
Medium
59




5
Medium
49




5
Cupboard
Dry
4
Medium
39




5
1
Low
35




3
Freshen Up
1.5
High
30




5
Sports Wear
1.5
Low
50




5
-
High
29




8



8



Iron Dry
Ultra Delicate
Quick Dry
Time Dry
-
High
40

Cool Air
-
N/A
20

* 7 : SDC**7** (7 kg)
* 8 : SDC**8** (8 kg)
English - 34
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec7:34
2014-08-22
5:06:18
CONSUMPTION DATA
Program
Final spin speed In a
domestic washing machine
(Rpm)
Ener(kWh)
Duration (Minutes)
***8
1000 (60% residual moisture)**
1400 (50% residual moisture)
4.49
4.18
119
110
***7
1000 (60% residual moisture)**
1400 (50% residual moisture)
3.92
3.24
111
82
***8
1000 (60% residual moisture)**
1400 (50% residual moisture)
3.96
3.44
96
87
***7
1000 (60% residual moisture)**
1400 (50% residual moisture)
3.48
2.94
99
71
Cotton Cupborad
Cotton Iron
APPENDIX
Load(kg)*
1. * : Weight of dry laundry
** : EN 61121:2005 test program
2. All data without a “star” against it was calculated using EN 61121:2005
3. ***7 : SDC**7** (7 Kg)
***8 : SDC**8** (8 Kg)
Consumption data can vary from the nominal values given above depending in the size of the
load, types of textiles, residual moisture levels after spinning, fluctuations in the electricity supply
and any extra options selected.
English - 35
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec7:35
2014-08-22
5:06:18
QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS?
Country
CALL
OR VISIT US ONLINE AT
SAUDI ARABIA
920021230
www.samsung.com/sa/support
www.samsung.com/sa_en/support (English)
DC68-02885Q-03
SDC16809-02885Q-03_EN.indd Sec7:36
2014-08-22
5:06:18
‫‪SDC16809‬‬
‫‪SDC16709‬‬
‫‪SDC14709‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﰎ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﹸﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪.٪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻜﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫‪DC68-02885Q-03‬‬
‫‪5:07:20‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd 1‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )‪SDC16709‬ﻭ ‪ SDC16809‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪) Sound off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪) My cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻞﺀ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ )‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ )‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫(‬
‫(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:25‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec2:2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪...‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:25‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec9:3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻚ "ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ‪ "Samsung‬ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٤ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:4‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻴﺔ )ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺒﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﲢﺖ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﹺﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ( ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺒﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺒﺮﺓ )ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﹼﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺒﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺃﺑ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٥ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:5‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪-‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺑﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺑﺮ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪) .‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ(‬
‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺮﻕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺮﻭﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﻭﻣﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲡﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ )ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ( ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٦ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:6‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﺨﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺟﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٧ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:7‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬‫ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺠﻬﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻧﻈﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹸﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪.‬‬‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٨ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:8‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺗﻜﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺃﺑ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺙ ﲟﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺮﻭﺳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﲤﻀﻎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﹸﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨ ﹺﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻜﹼﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬‫ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Samsung‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٩ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:9‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻤﻮﻉ ﹸﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻛﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻇﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲡﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ )ﻻﺗﻜﺲ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Cool Down‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬‫ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﹼﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺑﺰﳝﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺃﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﹶﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﱠﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺵ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٠ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec1:10‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )ﺟﻬﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ" )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺜﻒ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ )‪ ٢‬ﻡ(‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١١ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:11‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ "ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﺀ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪."Samsung‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻷﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﹰﺍ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﺷﻴﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺜﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ٣٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﹴ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ – ‪ ٢٥‬ﱈ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ــ ‪ ٥١‬ﱈ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ــ ‪ ٢٥‬ﱈ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ــ ‪ ٤٦٥‬ﱈ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤٦٥‬ﱈ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٢ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:12‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ "ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ" ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻼ ﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ –‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﺀﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻫﻼ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﺮﹶﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻫﻼ ﹰ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﲟﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٣ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:13‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧ ﹸﻮﺻﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺎﻧ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﹸﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺻﻠﺐ‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﹰ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺿﺪ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺥ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺧﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ" )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫"ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﻭﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬ﰎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫‪ ‬ﲤﺖ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٤ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:14‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﺿﺦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ "ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ" ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ )ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٥ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:15‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﹰﺩ‪ .‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻞ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ )ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ( ﲟﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٦ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:26‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:16‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪[SK-DH / SK-DA‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺪﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻃﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ "‪."Samsung‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﲟﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺨﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻛﺮﺗﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﳌﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﲟﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﻴﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻟﺐ‬
‫"‪."M4x12‬‬
‫• ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﹶ ﹶﺪ ﹼﺳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﳌﻜﺎﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺯﺍﻟﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٧ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:17‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )‪SDC16709‬ﻭ ‪ SDC16809‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ )ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻭﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )‪ (I‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻭﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )‪(I‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ)‪(I‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻠﻔﻪ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ١٨٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٨ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:18‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺑﺄﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﺑﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﺑﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٥‬ﻗﻢ ﲟﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ ﳑﺴﻜﹰﺎ ﲟﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪١٩ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec3:19‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ "ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ" ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) Cottons‬ﻗﻄﻦ([ ‪) Cupboard Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ( ‪) ExtraDry ‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ‪‬‬
‫]‪) Synthetics‬ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ([ ‪) ExtraDry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ‪) Cupboard Dry ‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ( ‪‬‬
‫‪) Iron Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﺍﺓ( ‪) Manual] ‬ﻳﺪﻭﻱ([ ‪) Quick Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ‪) Time Dry ‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ( ‪‬‬
‫‪) Cool Air‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ( ‪) Special] ‬ﺧﺎﺹ([ ‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ( ‪) Freshen Up ‬ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ( ‪‬‬
‫‪) Ultra Delicate‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ( ‪) Cotton] ‬ﻗﻄﻦ([ ‪) Iron Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﺍﺓ( ‪‬‬
‫‪) Cupboard Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Extra Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻴﻨﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Cupboard Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻴﻨﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Iron Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﺍﺓ( ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﹴ ﻳﺘﻼﺀﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Synthetics‬ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮ )ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻳﻔﻴﺮﺍ( ﻭﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺎﻣﺎﻳﺪ )ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺮﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻮﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Extra Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻴﻨﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Cupboard Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻴﻨﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Iron Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﺍﺓ( ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﹴ ﻳﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Manual‬ﻳﺪﻭﻱ( ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Quick Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ‪) Time Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ( ‪ -‬ﻳﹸﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ "ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ" ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ "ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ" ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) Time Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Time Button‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Cool Air‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ( ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٠ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec5:20‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ" ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪MY CYCLE‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٢١‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪Delay End‬‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ‪) Delay End‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٩‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪Temp‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫)ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﹴ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Time‬ﺍﳌﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Manual Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٣٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٤٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٥٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٦٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Sensory Dry‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ "ﻳﺪﻭﻱ"‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪Sound off‬‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻃﺮﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪" Wrinkle Prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Signal‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪Wrinkle Prevent‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Wrinkle Prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ( ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﹴ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Wrinkle Prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ( ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Wrinkle Prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ(‪ .‬ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪) .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ "‪"End‬‬
‫)ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪Start/Pause‬‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻣﺆﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪) Special‬ﺧﺎﺹ( ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫• ‪) Ultra Delicate‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ( ‪ -‬ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Freshen Up‬ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ( ‪ -‬ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Sports Wear‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪).‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪.(Gore-Tex‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢١ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec5:21‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫‪) CHILD LOCK‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Activating/Deactivating‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪) Temp.‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭ‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳌﺪﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻀﻲﺀ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( " ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺯﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻣﺮﺓﹰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﹶﻈﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺯﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫‪) SOUND OFF‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Sound off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Activating/Deactivating‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ "‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( " ﻭﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٢ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:27‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec5:22‬‬
‫‪) MY CYCLE‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٣٢‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ( ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪) Dryness‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ( ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪) Normal Cycle :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ((‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﹸﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) My Cycle‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ( ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ "‪) "Cycle Selector‬ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪) DELAY END‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﲔ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٩‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﹸﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫)ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪ .‬ﺗﹸﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﹸﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫"‪) "Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ .‬ﻳﹸﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ "‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( " ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﻃﺎﻗﺔ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٣ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec5:23‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻞﺀ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺣﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﹸﺤﺴﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ – ﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﹸ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ "‪) "End‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﻃﺎﻗﺔ( ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻀﻰﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ( ﻭ‪) Cooling‬ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ( ﻭ‪) Wrinkle Prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٤ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec5:24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﻃﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺷﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﻗﻢ ﲟﺴﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺒﺎﻍ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻴﻨﺰ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﹶﻈﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺃ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺭﻃﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺷﻂ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳌﺴﺎﺕ ﲡﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﻃﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺷﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ؛‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٥ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec8:25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ )‬
‫(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺗﹸﺴﻘﻂ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪) Water Tank Full‬ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ( ) ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪.LED‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ )‬
‫(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﹸﻣ ﹶﺒﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Filter‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ( )‬
‫‪.LED‬‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٦ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec8:26‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٧ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec8:27‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ "‪) "Cotton‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﳊﻔﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ( ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ( ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻇﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺸﻮ )ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻛﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﳊﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ(‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ( ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) Low‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ( ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻁ ﺇﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ )ﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟ ﹸﺪﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺸﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﳊﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪(.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪) Cool Air‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ – ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﶈﺸﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Cool Air‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺳﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ •‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Cool Air‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Time Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ( ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Low‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ( ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺒﺮﺟﻼﺱ )ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﹸ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٨ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec6:28‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪...‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﺰﻻﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪) Cool Air‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‪...‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ١ .‬ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ = ‪ ١‬ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﳊﻔﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﻜﻮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻮﺕ "ﻫﻤﻬﻤﺔ" ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻳﹸﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻴﻮﺏ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪) Extra Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﻔﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﹸﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺭ ﹰﺟﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﹶﻈﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٢٩ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec4:29‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺣﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﱢﺟﺔ ﻟﻠ ﹸﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ( ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﹸﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺏ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪) Wrinkle prevent‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ(‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻊ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ "‪) "Refresh‬ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٠ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec4:30‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ "ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫‪dE‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪dF‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪bE‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪hE‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Et‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪) EEPROM‬ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎ( ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3E‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5E‬‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﳑﻠﻮﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪tE2‬‬
‫‪tE4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰎ ﺳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟـ‬
‫‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣١ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec4:31‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﹰﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ‪ /‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻒ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ**‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ )ﻳﹸﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪) Hot‬ﺳﺎﺧﻦ(‬
‫‪) Medium‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫‪) Warm‬ﺩﺍﻓﺊ(‬
‫‪) Low‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫‪) Cold‬ﺑﺎﺭﺩ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ‪/‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ‪ /‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ(‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫‪) Medium‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫ﲡﻔﻒ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪) Low‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫** ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪) Hot‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ( ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ ٥٢ – ٤١‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪) Warm‬ﺩﺍﻓﺊ( ‪ ٤١ – ٢٩‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ ‪) Cold‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( ‪ ٢٩ – ١٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪ ١٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٢ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec7:32‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﲟﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪EN Standard 60335‬ﻭ ‪.(EC directive 93/68‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺝ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺩ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ ٨٤٫٨‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ٥٩٫٨‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٠٨٫٦‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫‪ ٦٣٫٤‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ ٤٣‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٠٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ )‪ ١٧٥٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ٧٥٠ +‬ﻭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ ١٧٥‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‬
‫‪ ٢٧٠٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪) LED‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺒﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،LED‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﻂ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٣ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:28‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec7:33‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ ‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫)ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫)ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪Extra Dry‬‬
‫)ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪Delay End‬‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪My Cycle‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺸﺔ‬
‫‪Cooling Time‬‬
‫‪Sound Off‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ(‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Iron Dry‬‬
‫)ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Extra Dry‬‬
‫)ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬
‫‪Medium‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Medium‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Medium‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪) Ultra Delicate‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ(‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Low‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪) Freshen Up‬ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ(‬
‫‪١٫٥‬‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪) Sports Wear‬ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪١٫٥‬‬
‫‪Cupboard Dry‬‬
‫)ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‬
‫‪Synthetics‬‬
‫‪Cupboard Dry‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ( )ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫*‪٨*/٧‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Iron Dry‬‬
‫)ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪Low‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪) Quick Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪) High‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪) Cool Air‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ(‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪) N/A‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ(‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫* ‪ ٧) SDC**7** : ٧‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫* ‪ ٨) SDC**8** : ٨‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٤ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:29‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec7:34‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫***‪٨‬‬
‫‪ ٪٦٠) ١٠٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(**‬
‫‪ ٪٥٠) ١٤٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪٤٫٤٩‬‬
‫‪٤٫١٨‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫***‪٧‬‬
‫‪ ٪٦٠) ١٠٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(**‬
‫‪ ٪٥٠) ١٤٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪٣٫٩٢‬‬
‫‪٣٫٢٤‬‬
‫‪١١١‬‬
‫‪٨٢‬‬
‫***‪٨‬‬
‫‪ ٪٦٠) ١٠٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(**‬
‫‪ ٪٥٠) ١٤٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪٣٫٩٦‬‬
‫‪٣٫٤٤‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬
‫***‪٧‬‬
‫‪ ٪٦٠) ١٠٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(**‬
‫‪ ٪٥٠) ١٤٠٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪٣٫٤٨‬‬
‫‪٢٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ)ﻛﺠﻢ(*‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ )ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ(‬
‫‪ : * .١‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‬
‫** ‪ EN 61121:2005 :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "ﳒﻤﺔ" ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪EN 61121:2005‬‬
‫‪ ٧) SDC**7** : ٧*** .٣‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫***‪ ٨) SDC**8** : ٨‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪٣٥ -‬‬
‫‪5:07:29‬‬
‫‪2014-08-22‬‬
‫‪SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec7:35‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
www.samsung.com/sa/support
www.samsung.com/sa_en/support (English)
920021230
SAUDI ARABIA
DC68-02885Q-03
SDC16809-02885Q-03_AR.indd Sec7:36
2014-08-22
5:07:29